blob: 4ba35a593c279f20710e46599773f782d4644add [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
61 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
62 MD->isInstanceMethod());
63 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
64 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
82 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000090SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
91 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
92 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
93}
94
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000095//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
96// Standard Promotions and Conversions
97//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
98
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000099/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
100void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
101 QualType Ty = E->getType();
102 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
103
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000104 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
105 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000106 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
107 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
108 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
109 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
110 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
111 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
112 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000113 //
114 // C++ 4.2p1:
115 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
116 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
117 //
118 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
119 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000120 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
121 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000122}
123
124/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
125/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
126/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
127/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
128/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
129Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
130 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
131 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
132
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000133 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
134 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
135 else
136 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
137
138 return Expr;
139}
140
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000141/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
142/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
143/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
144void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
145 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
146 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
147
148 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
149 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
150 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
151 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
152
153 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
154}
155
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000156// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
157// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000158void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000159 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
160
161 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
162 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
163 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
164 Expr->getType() << CT;
165 }
166}
167
168
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
170/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
171/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
172/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
173/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
174/// GCC.
175QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
176 bool isCompAssign) {
177 if (!isCompAssign) {
178 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
179 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
180 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000181
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000182 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
183 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000184 QualType lhs =
185 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
186 QualType rhs =
187 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000188
189 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
190 if (lhs == rhs)
191 return lhs;
192
193 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
194 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
195 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
196 return lhs;
197
198 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
199 if (!isCompAssign) {
200 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
201 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
202 }
203 return destType;
204}
205
206QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
207 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
208 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
209 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
210 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
211 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000212 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
213 lhs = Context.IntTy;
214 else
215 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
216 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
217 rhs = Context.IntTy;
218 else
219 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000220
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000221 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
222 if (lhs == rhs)
223 return lhs;
224
225 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
226 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
227 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
228 return lhs;
229
230 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
231
232 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
233 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
234 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
235 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
236 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000237 return lhs;
238 }
239 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
240 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000241 return rhs;
242 }
243 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
244 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
245 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
246 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
247 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
248 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
249 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
250 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
251 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
252 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
253 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
254
255 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
256 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000257 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
258 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 }
260 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
261 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
262 // does not require this promotion.
263 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
264 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000265 return rhs;
266 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000267 return lhs;
268 }
269 }
270 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
271 }
272 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
274 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000275 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000277 return lhs;
278 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000279 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
280 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
281 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
282 }
283 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 return rhs;
286 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000287 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
288 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
289 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
290 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000291 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
292 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
293 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000294 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000295 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000296 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
297 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000298 }
299 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
300 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
301 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
302 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
303
304 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
305 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000306 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
307 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 return rhs;
309 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
310 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000311 return lhs;
312 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
313 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000314 return rhs;
315 }
316 }
317 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
318 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
319 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
320 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
321 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
322 QualType destType;
323 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
324 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
325 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
326 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
327 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
328 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
329 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
330 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
331 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
332 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
333 // use the signed type.
334 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else {
336 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
337 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
338 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
339 // to the signed type.
340 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
341 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000382
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
396/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
397/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
398/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
405
406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
414 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
415
416 return true;
417}
418
419
420
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000421/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000422/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000423/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000424/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000425/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000426Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
427 IdentifierInfo &II,
428 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000429 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
430 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
431 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000432 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000433}
434
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000435/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
436/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
437/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000438DeclRefExpr *
439Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
440 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
441 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000442 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
443 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000444 ValueDependent,
445 SS->getRange().getBegin());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000446 else
447 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448}
449
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000450/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
451/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
452/// is Record.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000453static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000454 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
455 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
456
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000457 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000458 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
459 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
460 // this even better.
461 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
462 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
463 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
464 D != DEnd; ++D) {
465 if (*D == Record) {
466 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
467 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
468 ++D;
469 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000470 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000471 return *D;
472 }
473 }
474
475 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
476 return 0;
477}
478
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000479Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000480Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
481 FieldDecl *Field,
482 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
483 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
484 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
485 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
486 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
487
488 // Construct the sequence of field member references
489 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
490 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
491 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
492 // the current context to the field we found.
493 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
494 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
495 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
496 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
497 do {
498 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000499 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
501 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
502 else {
503 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
504 break;
505 }
506 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
507 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
508 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
509
510 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
511 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
512 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
513 // found via name lookup.
514 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
515 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
516 if (BaseObject) {
517 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
518 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000519 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000520 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000521 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 ExtraQuals
523 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
524 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
525 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
526 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
527 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
528 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
529 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
530 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
531 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
532 }
533 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
534 } else {
535 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
536 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
537 // program our base object expression is "this".
538 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
539 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
540 QualType AnonFieldType
541 = Context.getTagDeclType(
542 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
543 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
544 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
545 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
546 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
547 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000548 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000549 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000550 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
551 }
552 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000553 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
554 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000555 }
556 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
557 }
558
559 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000560 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
561 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 }
563
564 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
565 // anonymous struct/union.
566 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
567 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
568 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
569 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
570 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
571 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
572 unsigned combinedQualifiers
573 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
574 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
575 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000576 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
577 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000578 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
579 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 }
581
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000582 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000583}
584
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000585/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
586/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
587/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
588/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
589/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
590/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
591/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
592/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
593/// forms.
594///
595/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
596/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
597/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
598/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000599///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000600/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
601/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
602/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
603/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000604Sema::OwningExprResult
605Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
606 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000607 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000608 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000609 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000610 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
611 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000612 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
613 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000614
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000615 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000616 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
617 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
618 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
619 : SourceRange());
620 return ExprError();
621 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000622 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000623
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000624 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
625 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000626 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
627 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000628 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
629 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000630 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
631 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
632 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000633 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000634 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
636 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000637 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000638 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
639 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000640 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
641 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
642 // an error.
643 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
644 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
645 << IV->getDeclName());
646 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
647 // same name exists, use the global.
648 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000649 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
650 ClassDeclared != IFace)
651 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000652 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
653 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
654 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
655 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
656 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
657 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
658 true, true);
659 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
660 return Owned(MRef);
661 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000662 }
663 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000664 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
665 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
666 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
668 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
669 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
670 IFace == ClassDeclared)
671 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
672 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000673 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000674 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000675 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000676 QualType T;
677
678 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
679 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
680 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
681 else
682 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000683 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000684 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000685 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000686
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000687 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
688 // argument-dependent lookup.
689 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
690 HasTrailingLParen;
691
692 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000693 // We've seen something of the form
694 //
695 // identifier(
696 //
697 // and we did not find any entity by the name
698 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
699 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
700 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
701 Context.OverloadTy,
702 Loc));
703 }
704
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000705 if (D == 0) {
706 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
707 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000708 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000709 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000710 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000711 else {
712 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
713 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000714 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000715 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
716 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000717 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
718 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000719 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
720 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000721 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000722 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000723 }
724 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000725
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000726 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
727 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
728 // not any specific instance's member.
729 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000730 DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000731 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000732 QualType DType;
733 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
734 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
735 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
736 DType = Method->getType();
737 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
738 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
739 }
740 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
741 if (!DType.isNull()) {
742 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
743 // dependent.
744 bool Dependent = false;
745 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
746 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
747 if (DC->isRecord()) {
748 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
749 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
750 Dependent = true;
751 break;
752 }
753 }
754 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000755 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000756 }
757 }
758 }
759
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000760 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
761 // (C++ [class.union]).
762 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
763 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
764 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000765
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000766 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
767 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
768 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
769 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
770 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
771 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
772 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
773 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
774 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
775 QualType MemberType;
776 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
777 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
778 MemberType = FD->getType();
779
780 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
781 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
782 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
783 unsigned combinedQualifiers
784 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
785 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
786 }
787 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
788 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
789 Ctx = Method->getParent();
790 MemberType = Method->getType();
791 }
792 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
793 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
794 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
795 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
796 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
797 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
798 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
799 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
800 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
801 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
802 break;
803 }
804 }
805 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000806
807 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000808 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
809 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
810 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
811 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
812 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
813 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000814 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000815 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000816 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000817 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000818 }
819 }
820 }
821 }
822
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000823 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000824 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
825 if (MD->isStatic())
826 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000827 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
828 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000829 }
830
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000831 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
832 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
833 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000834 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
835 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000836 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000837
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000838 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000839 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000840 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000841 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000842 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000843 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000844
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000845 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000846 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000847 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
848 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000849 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
850 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
851 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000852 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000854 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
855 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
856 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
857 // that overload resolution actually selects.
858 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
859 return ExprError();
860
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000861 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000862 // Warn about constructs like:
863 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
864 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000865 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
866 Scope *CheckS = S;
867 while (CheckS) {
868 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
869 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(Var)) {
870 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000871 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
872 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000873 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000874 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
875 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000876 break;
877 }
878
879 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
880 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
881 if (CheckS)
882 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
883 }
884 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000885 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
886 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
887 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
888 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
889 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
890 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
891 // type.
892 QualType T = Func->getType();
893 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000894 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
895 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000896 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
897 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000898 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000899
900 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
901 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000902 return ExprError();
903
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000904 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
905 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
906 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
907 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000908 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000909 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
910 // as they do not get snapshotted.
911 //
912 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000913 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
914 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
915
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000916 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
917 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000918 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000919 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000920
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000921 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
922 VD->getType().addConst();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000923 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000924 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000925 }
926 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
927 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000928
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000929 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000930 bool ValueDependent = false;
931 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
932 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
933 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
934 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
935 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
936 TypeDependent = true;
937 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
938 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
939 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
940 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
941 TypeDependent = true;
942 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
943 // names a dependent type.
944 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
945 for (DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
946 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
947 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000948 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000949 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
950 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
951 TypeDependent = true;
952 break;
953 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000954 }
955 }
956 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000957
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000958 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
959 //
960 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
961 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
962 if (TypeDependent)
963 ValueDependent = true;
964 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
965 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
966 ValueDependent = true;
967 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
968 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
969 // (FIXME!).
970 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000971
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000972 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
973 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000974}
975
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000976Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
977 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000978 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000979
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000980 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000981 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000982 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
983 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
984 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000985 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000986
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000987 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
988 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000989 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000990 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
991 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000992 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
993 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
994 else {
995 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
996 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
997 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
998 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000999
1000
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001001 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001002 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001003 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001004 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001005}
1006
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001007Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001008 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1009 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1010 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1011 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001012
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001013 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1014 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1015 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001017
1018 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1019
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001020 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1021 Literal.isWide(),
1022 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001023}
1024
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001025Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1026 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001027 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1028 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001029 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001030 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001031 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001032 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001033 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001034
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001035 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001036 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1037 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001038 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001040 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1041 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001042
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001043 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1044 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1045 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001046 return ExprError();
1047
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001048 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001049
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001050 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001051 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001052 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001053 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001054 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001055 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001056 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001057 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001058
1059 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1060
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001061 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1062 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001063 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1064 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001065
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001066 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001067 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001068 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001069 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001070
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001071 // long long is a C99 feature.
1072 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001073 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001074 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1075
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001076 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001077 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001078
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001079 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1080 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1081 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001082 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1083 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001084 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001085 } else {
1086 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1087 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001088
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001089 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1090 // be an unsigned int.
1091 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1092
1093 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001094 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001095 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1096 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001097 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001098
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001099 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1100 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1101 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1102 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001103 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001104 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001105 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001106 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001107 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001108 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001109
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001110 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001111 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001112 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001113
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001114 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1115 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1116 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1117 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001118 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001119 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001120 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001121 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001122 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001123 }
1124
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001125 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001126 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001127 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001128
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001129 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1130 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1131 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1132 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001133 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001134 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001135 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001136 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001137 }
1138 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001140 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1141 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001143 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001144 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001145 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001146 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001148 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1149 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001150 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001151 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001152 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001153
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001154 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1155 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001156 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1157 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001158
1159 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001160}
1161
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1163 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1164 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001165 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001166 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001167}
1168
1169/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1170/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001171bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001172 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1173 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1174 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001175 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1176 return false;
1177
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001178 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001179 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001180 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001181 if (isSizeof)
1182 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1183 return false;
1184 }
1185
1186 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001187 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1188 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001189 return false;
1190 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001191
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001192 return DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1193 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1194 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1195 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001196}
1197
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001198bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1199 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1200 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001201
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001202 // alignof decl is always ok.
1203 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1204 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001205
1206 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1207 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1208 return false;
1209
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001210 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1211 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1212 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001213 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001214 return true;
1215 }
1216 // Other fields are ok.
1217 return false;
1218 }
1219 }
1220 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1221}
1222
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001223/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1224/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1225/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001226Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001227Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1228 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001229 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001230 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001231
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001232 QualType ArgTy;
1233 SourceRange Range;
1234 if (isType) {
1235 ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1236 Range = ArgRange;
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001237
1238 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1239 if (CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, isSizeof))
1240 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001241 } else {
1242 // Get the end location.
1243 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1244 Range = ArgEx->getSourceRange();
1245 ArgTy = ArgEx->getType();
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001246
1247 // Verify that the operand is valid.
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001248 bool isInvalid;
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001249 if (!isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001250 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, Range);
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001251 } else if (ArgEx->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1252 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1253 isInvalid = true;
1254 } else {
1255 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, true);
1256 }
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001257
1258 if (isInvalid) {
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001259 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1260 return ExprError();
1261 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001262 }
1263
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001264 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001265 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeof, isType, TyOrEx,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001266 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1267 Range.getEnd()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001268}
1269
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001270QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001271 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1272 return Context.DependentTy;
1273
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001274 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1275
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001276 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001277 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1278 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001279
1280 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1281 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1282 return V->getType();
1283
1284 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001285 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1286 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001287 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001288}
1289
1290
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001291
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001292Action::OwningExprResult
1293Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1294 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1295 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001296
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001297 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1298 switch (Kind) {
1299 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1300 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1301 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1302 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001303
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001304 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1305 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1306 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001307 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001308 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1309
1310 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1311 //
1312 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1313 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1314 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1315 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1316 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1317 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1318 // argument will have value zero.
1319 Expr *Args[2] = {
1320 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001321 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1322 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001323 };
1324
1325 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1326 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001327 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
1328 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001329
1330 // Perform overload resolution.
1331 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1332 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1333 case OR_Success: {
1334 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1335 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1336
1337 if (FnDecl) {
1338 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1339 // operator.
1340
1341 // Convert the arguments.
1342 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1343 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001344 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001345 } else {
1346 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001347 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001348 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1349 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001350 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001351 }
1352
1353 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001354 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001355 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1356 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001357
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001358 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001359 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001360 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001361 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1362
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001363 Input.release();
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001364 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
1365 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001366 } else {
1367 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1368 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1369 // operator node.
1370 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1371 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001372 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001373
1374 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001375 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001376 }
1377
1378 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1379 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1380 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1381 break;
1382
1383 case OR_Ambiguous:
1384 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1385 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1386 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1387 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001388 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001389
1390 case OR_Deleted:
1391 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1392 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1393 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1394 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1395 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1396 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001397 }
1398
1399 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1400 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1401 // build a built-in operation.
1402 }
1403
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001404 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1405 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001406 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001407 return ExprError();
1408 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001409 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001410}
1411
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001412Action::OwningExprResult
1413Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1414 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1415 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1416 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001417
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001418 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001419 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001420 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1421 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1422 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001423 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1424 // to the candidate set.
1425 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1426 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001427 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1428 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)))
1429 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001430
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001431 // Perform overload resolution.
1432 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1433 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1434 case OR_Success: {
1435 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1436 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1437
1438 if (FnDecl) {
1439 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1440 // operator.
1441
1442 // Convert the arguments.
1443 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1444 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1445 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1446 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1447 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001448 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001449 } else {
1450 // Convert the arguments.
1451 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1452 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1453 "passing") ||
1454 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1455 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1456 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001457 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001458 }
1459
1460 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001461 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001462 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1463 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001464
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001465 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001466 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1467 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001468 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1469
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001470 Base.release();
1471 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001472 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001473 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001474 } else {
1475 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1476 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1477 // operator node.
1478 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1479 "passing") ||
1480 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1481 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001482 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001483
1484 break;
1485 }
1486 }
1487
1488 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1489 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1490 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1491 break;
1492
1493 case OR_Ambiguous:
1494 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1495 << "[]"
1496 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1497 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001498 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001499
1500 case OR_Deleted:
1501 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1502 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1503 << "[]"
1504 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1505 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1506 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001507 }
1508
1509 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1510 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1511 // build a built-in operation.
1512 }
1513
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001514 // Perform default conversions.
1515 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1516 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001517
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001518 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1519
1520 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001521 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001522 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001523 // and index from the expression types.
1524 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1525 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001526 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1527 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1528 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1529 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1530 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001531 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1532 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1533 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1534 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001535 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001536 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1537 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1538 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1539 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1540 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001541 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1542 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001543 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001544
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001545 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1546 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1547 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1549 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1550 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001551 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001552 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001553 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1554 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001555
1556 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". In practice,
1557 // the following check catches trying to index a pointer to a function (e.g.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00001558 // void (*)(int)) and pointers to incomplete types. Functions are not
1559 // objects in C99.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001560 if (!ResultType->isObjectType() && !ResultType->isDependentType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001561 return ExprError(Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001562 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_object)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001563 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001564
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001565 Base.release();
1566 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001567 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001568 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001569}
1570
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001571QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001572CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001573 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001574 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001575
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001576 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1577 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001578
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001579 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001580 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1581 // to be selected.
1582 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001583
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001584 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1585 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1586 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001587
1588 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1589 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001590 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001591 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1592 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001593 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001594 do
1595 compStr++;
1596 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001597 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001598 do
1599 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001600 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001601 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001602
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001603 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001604 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1605 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001606 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1607 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001608 return QualType();
1609 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001610
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001611 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1612 // operates on.
1613 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1614 compStr = CompName.getName();
1615
1616 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001617 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001618
1619 while (*compStr) {
1620 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1621 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1622 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1623 return QualType();
1624 }
1625 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001626 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001627
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001628 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1629 // number of elements.
1630 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001631 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001632 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001633 return QualType();
1634 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001635
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001636 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001637 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001638 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001639 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001640 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001641 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1642 : CompName.getLength();
1643 if (HexSwizzle)
1644 CompSize--;
1645
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001646 if (CompSize == 1)
1647 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001648
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001649 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001650 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001651 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1652 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1653 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1654 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001655 }
1656 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001657}
1658
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001659
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001660/// constructSetterName - Return the setter name for the given
1661/// identifier, i.e. "set" + Name where the initial character of Name
1662/// has been capitalized.
1663// FIXME: Merge with same routine in Parser. But where should this
1664// live?
1665static IdentifierInfo *constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
1666 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1667 llvm::SmallString<100> SelectorName;
1668 SelectorName = "set";
1669 SelectorName.append(Name->getName(), Name->getName()+Name->getLength());
1670 SelectorName[3] = toupper(SelectorName[3]);
1671 return &Idents.get(&SelectorName[0], &SelectorName[SelectorName.size()]);
1672}
1673
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674Action::OwningExprResult
1675Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1676 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001677 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1678 DeclTy *ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001679 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001680 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001681
1682 // Perform default conversions.
1683 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001684
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001685 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1686 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001687
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001688 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1689 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001690 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001691 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001692 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001693 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001694 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1695 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001696 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001697 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1698 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1699 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001700 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001702 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1703 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001704 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001705 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001706 if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001707 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1708 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1709 return ExprError();
1710
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001711 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001712 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1713 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001715 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001716 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001717
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001718 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001719 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001720 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1721 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1722 else if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1723 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1724 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1725 return ExprError();
1726 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001727 MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001728
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001729 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1730 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1731 // error cases.
1732 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1733 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001734
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001735 // Check the use of this field
1736 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1737 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001738
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001739 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001740 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1741 // (C++ [class.union]).
1742 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001743 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001744 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001745
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001746 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1747 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001748 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001749 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1750 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1751 else {
1752 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1753 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001754 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001755 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1756 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1757 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001758
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001759 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1760 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001761 } else if (CXXClassVarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<CXXClassVarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001762 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763 Var, MemberLoc,
1764 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001765 else if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001766 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001767 MemberFn, MemberLoc, MemberFn->getType()));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001768 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001769 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001770 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001771 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001772 else if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001773 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1774 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001775 else if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001776 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1777 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001778
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001779 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1780 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1781 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001782 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1783 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1784 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001785 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001786
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001787 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1788 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001789 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001790 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1791 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member,
1792 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001793 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1794 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1795 // error cases.
1796 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1797 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001798
1799 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1800 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1801 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001802 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public) {
1803 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1804 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1805 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001806 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1807 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1808 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1809 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1810 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1811 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1812 // for a function decl.
1813 Decl *ImplDecl = static_cast<Decl *>(ObjCImpDecl);
1814 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1815 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1816 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1817 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1818 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1819 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001820 }
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001821 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001822 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001823 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001824 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1825 }
1826 // @protected
1827 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1828 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1829 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001830
1831 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001832 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001833 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1834 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001836 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001837 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1838 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1839 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001840 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001841
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001842 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1843 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1844 const PointerType *PTy;
1845 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1846 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1847 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1848 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001849
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001850 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001851 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001852 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1853 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1854 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001855
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001856 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001857 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1858 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001860 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001861 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1862 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001863 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001864 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1865 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1866 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001867
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001868 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001869 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1870 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001871
1872 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1873 // selector is implemented.
1874
1875 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1876 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1877
1878 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1879 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001880
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001881 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1882 if (!Getter)
1883 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1884 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001885 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001886 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1887 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1888
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001889 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1890 if (!Getter) {
1891 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1892 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1893 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1894 }
1895 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001896 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001897 // Check if we can reference this property.
1898 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1899 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001900
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001901 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001902 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1903 IdentifierInfo *SetterName = constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1904 &Member);
1905 Selector SetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getUnarySelector(SetterName);
1906 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1907 if (!Setter) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001908 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001909 // methods.
1910 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1911 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001912 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001913 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1914 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1915 }
1916 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1917 if (!Setter) {
1918 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1919 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1920 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1921 }
1922 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001923
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001924 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1925 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001926
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001927 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001928 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, Getter->getResultType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001929 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001930 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001931
1932 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1933 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00001934 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001935 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
1936 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
1937 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
1938 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1939 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001940 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001941 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001942 // Check the use of this declaration
1943 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1944 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001945
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001946 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001947 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1948 }
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001949 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1950 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1951 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001952 // Check the use of this method.
1953 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
1954 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001955
1956 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001957 OMD->getResultType(), OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001958 }
1959 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001960
1961 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1962 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001963 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00001964 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1965 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
1966 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1967 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1968 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1969 ObjCMethodDecl *OMD;
1970 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1971 if ((OMD = MD->getClassInterface()->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1972 // Check the use of this method.
1973 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
1974 return ExprError();
1975
1976 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
1977 OMD->getResultType(), OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, NULL, 0));
1978 }
1979 }
1980 }
1981
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001982 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00001983 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001984 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
1985 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001986 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001987 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001988 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001989 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001990
1991 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1992 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1993 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001994}
1995
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001996/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
1997/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
1998/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
1999/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2000/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2001/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002002bool
2003Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002004 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002005 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002006 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2007 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002008 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002009 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2010 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2011 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002012 bool Invalid = false;
2013
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002014 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2015 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2016 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2017 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2018 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2019 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2020 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2021 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002022 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002023 }
2024
2025 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2026 // them.
2027 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2028 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2029 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2030 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2031 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2032 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2033 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2034 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002035 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002036 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002037 }
2038 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2039 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002040
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002041 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2042 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2043 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002044
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002045 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002046 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002047 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002048
2049 // Pass the argument.
2050 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2051 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002052 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002053 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002054 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002055 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002056
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002057 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2058 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002059
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002060 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2061 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002062 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2063 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2064 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2065 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2066 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2067
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002068 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2069 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2070 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002071 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002072 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2073 }
2074 }
2075
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002076 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002077}
2078
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002079/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002080/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2081/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002082Action::OwningExprResult
2083Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2084 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002085 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002086 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2087 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2088 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002089 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002090 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002091 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002092
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002093 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002094 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002095 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002096 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2097 bool Dependent = false;
2098 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2099 Dependent = true;
2100 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2101 Dependent = true;
2102
2103 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002104 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002105 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2106
2107 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2108 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2109 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2110 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2111
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002112 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002113 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2114 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2115 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2117 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002118 }
2119
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002120 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002121 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002122 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2123 bool ADL = true;
2124 while (true) {
2125 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2126 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2127 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002128 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002129 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002130 ADL = false;
2131 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2132 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002133 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002134 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2135 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002136 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2137 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2138 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2139 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002140 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002141 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2142 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2143 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002144 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002145 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2146 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2147 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002148 break;
2149 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002150 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002151
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002152 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2153 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002154 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002155 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2156 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002157
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002158 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002159 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002160 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002161 ADL = false;
2162
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002163 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2164 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2165 ADL = false;
2166
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002167 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002168 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2169 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002170 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2171 if (!FDecl)
2172 return ExprError();
2173
2174 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2175 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002176 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002177 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002178 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2179 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002180 false, false,
2181 QDRExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2182 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002183 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002184 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2185 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2186 Fn = NewFn;
2187 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002188 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002189
2190 // Promote the function operand.
2191 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2192
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002193 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2194 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002195 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2196 Args, NumArgs,
2197 Context.BoolTy,
2198 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002199
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002200 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2201 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2202 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2203 // have type pointer to function".
2204 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2205 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002206 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2207 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002208 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2209 } else { // This is a block call.
2210 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2211 getAsFunctionType();
2212 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002213 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002214 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2215 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2216
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002217 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002218 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002219
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002220 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002221 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002222 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002223 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002224 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002225 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002226
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002227 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002228 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2229 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2230 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
2231 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002232 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002233 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002234
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002235 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2236 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002237 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2238 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002239
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002240 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002241 if (FDecl)
2242 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002243
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002244 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002245}
2246
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002247Action::OwningExprResult
2248Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2249 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002250 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002251 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2252 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002253 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002254 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002255
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002256 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002257 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002258 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2259 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002260 } else if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2261 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2262 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002263 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002264
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002265 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002266 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002267 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002268
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002269 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002270 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002271 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002272 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002273 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002274 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002275 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002276 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002277}
2278
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002279Action::OwningExprResult
2280Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
2281 InitListDesignations &Designators,
2282 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2283 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2284 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002285
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002286 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002287 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002288
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002289 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002290 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002291 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002292 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002293}
2294
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002295/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002296bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002297 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2298
2299 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2300 // type needs to be scalar.
2301 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2302 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002303 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2304 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002305 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002306 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2307 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2308 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2309 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
2310 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2311 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2312 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2313 // GCC cast to union extension
2314 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2315 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2316 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2317 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2318 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2319 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2320 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2321 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2322 break;
2323 }
2324 }
2325 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2326 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2327 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2328 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002329 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002330 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002331 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002332 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002333 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002334 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002335 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2336 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002337 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002338 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2339 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2340 return true;
2341 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2342 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2343 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002344 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Chris Lattner2e9eb042009-03-05 23:09:00 +00002345 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002346 }
2347 return false;
2348}
2349
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002350bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002351 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002352
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002353 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002354 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002355 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002356 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002357 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002358 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002359 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002360 } else
2361 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002362 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002363 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002364
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002365 return false;
2366}
2367
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002368Action::OwningExprResult
2369Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2370 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2371 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2372 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002373
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002374 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002375 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2376
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002377 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002378 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002379 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002380 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002381}
2382
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002383/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2384/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002385/// C99 6.5.15
2386QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2387 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002388 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2389 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2390 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2391 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2392 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2393 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002394
2395 // first, check the condition.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002396 if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2397 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2398 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2399 << CondTy;
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002400 return QualType();
2401 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002402 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002403
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002404 // Now check the two expressions.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002405 if ((LHS && LHS->isTypeDependent()) || (RHS && RHS->isTypeDependent()))
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002406 return Context.DependentTy;
2407
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002408 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2409 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002410 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2411 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2412 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002413 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002414
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002415 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2416 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002417 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2418 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002419 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002420 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002421 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002422 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002423 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002424
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002425 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002426 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002427 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2428 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2429 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2430 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2431 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2432 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2433 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2434 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2435 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002436 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002437 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002438 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2439 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002440 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2441 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2442 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2443 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2444 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002445 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002446 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2447 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2448 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2449 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2450 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002451 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002452
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002453 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2454 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002455 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2456 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002457 // get the "pointed to" types
2458 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2459 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002460
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002461 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2462 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002463 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002464 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2465 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002466 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002467 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2468 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002469 return destType;
2470 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002471 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002472 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002473 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002474 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2475 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002476 return destType;
2477 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002478
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002479 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattner676c86a2009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002480 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002481 return LHSTy;
2482 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002483
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002484 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002485
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002486 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2487 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002488 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002489 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002490 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2491 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2492 // type. This allows
2493 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2494 // where B is a subclass of A.
2495 //
2496 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2497 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2498 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2499 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2500
Steve Naroff9fc9cb52009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002501 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002502 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002503 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2504 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2505 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2506 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002507 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002508 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002509 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002510 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002511 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2512 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002513 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2514 } else {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002515 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002516 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002517 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002518 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002519 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2520 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002521 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002522 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002523 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002524 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002525 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2526 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002527 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2528 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2529 // to get a consistent AST.
2530 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002531 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2532 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002533 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002534 }
2535 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002536 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2537 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2538 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2539 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002540 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002541 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002542 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2543 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002544 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002545 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002546 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002547
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002548 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2549 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2550 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2551 return LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002552
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002553 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2554 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002555 // id with statically typed objects).
2556 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002557 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2558 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2559 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002560 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002561 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002562 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2563 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2564 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002565 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2566 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2567 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2568 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2569 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2570 // cases. Investigate.
2571 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002572 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2573 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002574 return compositeType;
2575 }
2576 }
2577
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002578 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002579 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2580 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002581 return QualType();
2582}
2583
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002584/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002585/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002586Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2587 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2588 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2589 ExprArg RHS) {
2590 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2591 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002592
2593 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2594 // was the condition.
2595 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2596 if (isLHSNull)
2597 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002598
2599 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002600 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2601 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002602 return ExprError();
2603
2604 Cond.release();
2605 LHS.release();
2606 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002607 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002608 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2609 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002610}
2611
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002612
2613// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002614// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002615// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2616// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2617// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002618Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002619Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2620 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002621
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002622 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002623 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2624 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002625
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002626 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002627 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2628 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002629
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002630 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002631
2632 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2633 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2634 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002635 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002636 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002637 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002638
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002639 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2640 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002641 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002642 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002643 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002644 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002645
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002646 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002647 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2648 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002649 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002650
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002651 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002652 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002653 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002654
2655 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002656 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2657 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002658 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002659 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002660 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002661 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002662 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2663 return IncompatiblePointer; // this "trumps" PointerAssignDiscardsQualifiers
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002664 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002665}
2666
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002667/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2668/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2669/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2670// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671Sema::AssignConvertType
2672Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002673 QualType rhsType) {
2674 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002675
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002676 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2677 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002678 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2679
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002680 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2681 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2682 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002683
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002684 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002685
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002686 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2687 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2688 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002689
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002690 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002691 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002692 return ConvTy;
2693}
2694
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002695/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2696/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002697/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2698///
2699/// int a, *pint;
2700/// short *pshort;
2701/// struct foo *pfoo;
2702///
2703/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2704/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2705/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2706/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2707///
2708/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002709/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002710///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002711Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002712Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002713 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2714 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002715 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2716 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002717
2718 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002719 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002720
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002721 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2722 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2723 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2724 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2725 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2726 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2727 // type.
2728 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2729 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002730 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002731 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002732 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002733
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002734 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2735 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002736 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002737 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2738 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2739 return IntToPointer;
2740 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2741 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002742 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002743 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002744
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002745 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002746 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002747 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2748 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002749 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002750
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002751 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002752 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002753 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002754 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2755 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002756 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002757 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002758 }
2759 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002760 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002761
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002762 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002763 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002764
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002765 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002766 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002767 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002768
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002769 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002770 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002771
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002772 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002773 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002774 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002775
2776 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2777 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2778 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2779 return Compatible;
2780 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002781 return Incompatible;
2782 }
2783
2784 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2785 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00002786 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002787
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002788 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2789 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2790 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2791 return Compatible;
2792
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002793 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2794 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002795
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002796 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2797 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002798 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002799 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002800 return Incompatible;
2801 }
2802
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002803 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002804 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002805 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2806 return Compatible;
2807
2808 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002809 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002810
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002811 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002812 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002813
2814 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002815 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002816 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002817 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002818 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002819
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002820 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002821 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002822 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002823 }
2824 return Incompatible;
2825}
2826
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002827Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002828Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002829 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2830 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
2831 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
2832 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
2833 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002834 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
2835 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002836 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregorbb461502008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002837 else
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002838 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002839 }
2840
2841 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
2842 // structures.
2843 }
2844
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002845 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
2846 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00002847 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
2848 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002849 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00002850 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002851 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002852 return Compatible;
2853 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002854
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002855 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002856 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002857 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002858 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002859 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002860 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002861 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
2862 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002863
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002864 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
2865 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002866
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002867 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
2868 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002869 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
2870 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
2871 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
2872 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002873 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002874 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002875 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002876}
2877
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002878Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002879Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2880 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
2881}
2882
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002883QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002884 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00002885 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002886 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002887 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002888}
2889
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002890inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002891 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002892 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002893 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002894 QualType lhsType =
2895 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
2896 QualType rhsType =
2897 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002898
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002899 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002900 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002901 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002902
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002903 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
2904 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002905 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
2906 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
2907 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002908 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
2909 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002910 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002911 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002912 }
2913 }
2914 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002915
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002916 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
2917 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002918 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002919 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002920
2921 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002922 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
2923 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002924 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002925 return lhsType;
2926 }
2927 }
2928
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002929 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002930 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002931 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002932 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2933
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002934 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002935 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
2936 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002937 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002938 return rhsType;
2939 }
2940 }
2941
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002942 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002943 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002944 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002945 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002946 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00002947}
2948
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002949inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002950 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002951{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00002952 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002953 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002954
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002955 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002956
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002957 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002958 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002959 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002960}
2961
2962inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002963 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002964{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00002965 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2966 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2967 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2968 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2969 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002970
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002971 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002972
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002973 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002974 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002975 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002976}
2977
2978inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002979 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002980{
2981 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002982 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002983
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002984 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002985
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002986 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
2987 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002988 return compType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002989
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002990 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
2991 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
2992 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
2993 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
2994
2995 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
2996 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
2997 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
2998 if (!PTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
2999 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003000 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3002 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3003 return QualType();
3004 }
3005
3006 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003007 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3008 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003009 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003010 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3012 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3013 return QualType();
3014 }
3015
3016 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3017 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003018 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003019 } else {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003020 DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003021 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3022 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3023 lex->getType());
3024 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003025 }
3026 }
3027 return PExp->getType();
3028 }
3029 }
3030
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003031 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003032}
3033
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003034// C99 6.5.6
3035QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003036 SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003037 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003038 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003039
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003040 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003041
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003042 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003043
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003044 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003045 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003046 return compType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003047
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003048 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3049 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003050 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003051
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003052 // The LHS must be an object type, not incomplete, function, etc.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003053 if (!lpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003054 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003055 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003056 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3057 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003058 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3059 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3060 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3061 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3062 return QualType();
3063 }
3064
3065 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3066 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3067 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003068 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003069 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003070 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003071 return QualType();
3072 }
3073 }
3074
3075 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
3076 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3077 return lex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003078
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003079 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3080 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003081 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003082
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003083 // RHS must be an object type, unless void (GNU).
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003084 if (!rpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003085 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003086 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3087 if (!lpointee->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003088 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3089 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf93eda12009-01-23 19:03:35 +00003090 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3091 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3092 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3093 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
3094 return QualType();
3095 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003096
Douglas Gregorf93eda12009-01-23 19:03:35 +00003097 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3098 if (!lpointee->isFunctionType())
3099 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3100 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003101 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003102 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003103 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003104 return QualType();
3105 }
3106 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003107
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003108 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003109 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003110 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003111 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003112 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003113 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003114 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003115 return QualType();
3116 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003117
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003118 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3119 }
3120 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003121
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003122 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003123}
3124
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003125// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003126QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003127 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003128 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3129 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003130 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003132 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3133 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003134 if (!isCompAssign)
3135 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003136 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003138 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
3139 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003140}
3141
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003142// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003143QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003144 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003145 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003146 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003147
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003148 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003149 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3150 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3151 else {
3152 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3153 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3154 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003155 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3156 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003157
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003158 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003159 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3160 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3161 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3162 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3163 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3164 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3165 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003166 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003167 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003168
3169 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3170 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3171 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3172 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3173
3174 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3175 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
3176 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
3177 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context))
3178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare) << lex->getSourceRange();
3179 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3180 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
3181 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context))
3182 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare) << rex->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003183 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003184
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003185 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003186 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003187
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003188 if (isRelational) {
3189 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003190 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003191 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003192 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003193 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003194 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003195 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003196 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003197
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003198 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003199 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003200 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003202 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3203 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003204
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003205 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3206 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3207 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003208 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003209 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003210 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003211 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003212 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003213
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003214 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003215 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3216 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003217 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003218 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003219 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003220 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003221 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003222 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003223 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003224 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003225 // Handle block pointer types.
3226 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3227 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3228 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003229
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003230 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3231 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003232 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003233 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003234 }
3235 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003236 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003237 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003238 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3239 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3240 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3241 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003242 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003243 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003244 }
3245 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003246 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003247 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003248
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003249 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003250 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003251 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3252 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003253 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003254 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003255 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003256 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003257
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003258 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3259 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003260 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003261 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003262 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003263 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003264 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003265 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003266 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003267 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003268 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3269 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003270 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003271 } else {
3272 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003273 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003274 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003275 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003276 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003277 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003278 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003279 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003280 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003281 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003282 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003283 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003284 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003285 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003286 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003287 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003288 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003289 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003290 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003291 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003292 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003293 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003294 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003295 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003296 // Handle block pointers.
3297 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3298 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003299 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003300 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003301 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003302 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003303 }
3304 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3305 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003306 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003307 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003308 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003309 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003310 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003311 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003312}
3313
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003314/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003315/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003316/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3317/// types.
3318QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003319 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003320 bool isRelational) {
3321 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3322 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003323 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003324 if (vType.isNull())
3325 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003326
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003327 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3328 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003329
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003330 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3331 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3332 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3333 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3334 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3335 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3336 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003337 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003338 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003339
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003340 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3341 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3342 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003343 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003344 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003345
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003346 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3347 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3348 // elements for floating point vectors.
3349 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3350 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003351
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003352 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003353 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003354 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003355 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003356 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
3357 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3358
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003359 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003360 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003361 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3362}
3363
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003364inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003365 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003366{
3367 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003368 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003369
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003370 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003371
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003372 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003373 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003374 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003375}
3376
3377inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003378 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003379{
3380 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3381 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003382
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003383 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003384 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003385 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003386}
3387
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003388/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3389/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3390/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3391///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003393{
3394 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3395 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3396 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3397 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3398 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003399 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003400 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3401 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3402 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3403 return true;
3404 }
3405 }
3406 return false;
3407}
3408
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003409/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3410/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3411static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003412 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3413 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3414 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003415 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3416 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003417
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003418 unsigned Diag = 0;
3419 bool NeedType = false;
3420 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3421 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3422 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003423 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003424 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3425 NeedType = true;
3426 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003427 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003428 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3429 NeedType = true;
3430 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003431 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003432 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3433 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003434 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003435 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3436 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003437 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3438 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003439 return S.DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003440 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3441 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003442 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003443 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3444 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003445 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003446 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3447 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003448 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3449 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3450 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003451 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3452 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3453 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003454 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003455
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003456 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003457 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003458 else
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003459 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003460 return true;
3461}
3462
3463
3464
3465// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003466QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3467 SourceLocation Loc,
3468 QualType CompoundType) {
3469 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3470 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003471 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003472
3473 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3474 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003475
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003476 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003477 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003478 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003479 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003480 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3481 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3482 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3483 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3484 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3485 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3486 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003487
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003488 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3489 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3490 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003491 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003492 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3493 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3494 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3495 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3496 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003497 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003498 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003499 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3500 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3501 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003502 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3503 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003504 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3505 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3506 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003507 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003508 }
3509 } else {
3510 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003511 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003512 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003513
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003514 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3515 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003516 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003517
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003518 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3519 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003520 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003521 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3522 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003523 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3524 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003525 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003526}
3527
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003528// C99 6.5.17
3529QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
3530 // FIXME: what is required for LHS?
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003531
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003532 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003533 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
3534 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003535}
3536
3537/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3538/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003539QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3540 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003541 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3542 return Context.DependentTy;
3543
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003544 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3545 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003546
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3548 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3549 if (!isInc) {
3550 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3551 return QualType();
3552 }
3553 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3554 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3555 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003556 // OK!
3557 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3558 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
3559 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
3560 // Pointer to object is ok!
3561 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003562 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3563 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3564 << Op->getSourceRange();
3565 return QualType();
3566 }
3567
3568 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003569 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003570 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003571 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3572 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3573 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3574 return QualType();
3575 }
3576
3577 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003578 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003579 } else {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003580 DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003581 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3582 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3583 ResType);
3584 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003585 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003586 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3587 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3588 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003589 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003590 } else {
3591 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003592 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003593 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003594 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003595 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003596 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003597 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003598 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003599 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003600}
3601
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003602/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003603/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003604/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3605/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3606/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3607/// - &(x) => x
3608/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3609/// - &s.xx => s
3610/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3611/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3612/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3613/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003614static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003615 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003616 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003617 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003618 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003619 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003620 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3621 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003622 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003623 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003624 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003625 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003626 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003627
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003628 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003629 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003630 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003631 return 0;
3632 else
3633 return VD;
3634 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003635 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3636 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003637
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003638 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3639 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3640 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003641 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3642 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3643 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3644 return 0;
3645 return VD;
3646 }
3647 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003648 }
3649 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3650 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3651 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3652 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3653 default:
3654 return 0;
3655 }
3656 }
3657 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3658 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3659
3660 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3661 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3662
3663 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3664 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3665 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3666 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3667 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3668 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3669 }
3670 }
3671
3672 return 0;
3673 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003674 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003675 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003676 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3677 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003678 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003679 default:
3680 return 0;
3681 }
3682}
3683
3684/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003685/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003686/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003687/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003688/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003689/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003690/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003691QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003692 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3693 return Context.DependentTy;
3694
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003695 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3696 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3697 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3698 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3699 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3700 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3701 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3702 }
3703 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3704 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3705 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003706 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003707 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003708
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003709 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003710 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3711 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003712 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3713 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003714 return QualType();
3715 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003716 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003717 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3718 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3719 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3720 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3721 return QualType();
3722 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003723 }
3724 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00003725 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3726 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003727 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00003728 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003729 return QualType();
3730 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003731 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003732 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3733 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3734 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003735 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3736 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003737 return QualType();
3738 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003739 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003740 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003741 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3742 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00003743 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
3744 // scope qualifier for the class.
3745 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3746 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3747 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3748 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3749 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3750 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003751 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
3752 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003753 // As above.
3754 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3755 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3756 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3757 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3758 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3759 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003760 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003761 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003762 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003763 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003764
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003765 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
3766 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
3767}
3768
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003769QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003770 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3771 return Context.DependentTy;
3772
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003773 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
3774 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003775
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003776 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
3777 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
3778 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
3779 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
3780 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003781 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003782
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003783 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003784 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003785 return QualType();
3786}
3787
3788static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
3789 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3790 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3791 switch (Kind) {
3792 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003793 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
3794 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003795 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
3796 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
3797 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
3798 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
3799 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
3800 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
3801 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
3802 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
3803 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
3804 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
3805 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
3806 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
3807 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
3808 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
3809 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
3810 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
3811 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
3812 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
3813 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
3814 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
3815 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
3816 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
3817 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
3818 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
3819 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
3820 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
3821 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
3822 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
3823 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
3824 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
3825 }
3826 return Opc;
3827}
3828
3829static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
3830 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3831 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3832 switch (Kind) {
3833 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
3834 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
3835 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
3836 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
3837 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
3838 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
3839 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
3840 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
3841 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003842 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
3843 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
3844 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
3845 }
3846 return Opc;
3847}
3848
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003849/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
3850/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
3851/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003852Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3853 unsigned Op,
3854 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003855 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
3856 QualType CompTy; // Computation type for compound assignments (e.g. '+=')
3857 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
3858
3859 switch (Opc) {
3860 default:
3861 assert(0 && "Unknown binary expr!");
3862 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
3863 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
3864 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003865 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
3866 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
3867 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
3868 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
3869 break;
3870 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003871 case BinaryOperator::Div:
3872 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3873 break;
3874 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
3875 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3876 break;
3877 case BinaryOperator::Add:
3878 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3879 break;
3880 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
3881 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3882 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003883 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003884 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
3885 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3886 break;
3887 case BinaryOperator::LE:
3888 case BinaryOperator::LT:
3889 case BinaryOperator::GE:
3890 case BinaryOperator::GT:
3891 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3892 break;
3893 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
3894 case BinaryOperator::NE:
3895 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
3896 break;
3897 case BinaryOperator::And:
3898 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
3899 case BinaryOperator::Or:
3900 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3901 break;
3902 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
3903 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
3904 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3905 break;
3906 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
3907 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
3908 CompTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3909 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3910 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3911 break;
3912 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
3913 CompTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3914 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3915 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3916 break;
3917 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
3918 CompTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3919 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3920 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3921 break;
3922 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
3923 CompTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3924 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3925 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3926 break;
3927 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
3928 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
3929 CompTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3930 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3931 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3932 break;
3933 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
3934 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
3935 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
3936 CompTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3937 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3938 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3939 break;
3940 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
3941 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3942 break;
3943 }
3944 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003945 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003946 if (CompTy.isNull())
3947 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
3948 else
3949 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003950 CompTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003951}
3952
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003953// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003954Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3955 tok::TokenKind Kind,
3956 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003957 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003958 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003959
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003960 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
3961 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003962
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003963 // If either expression is type-dependent, just build the AST.
3964 // FIXME: We'll need to perform some caching of the result of name
3965 // lookup for operator+.
3966 if (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003967 if (Opc > BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
3968 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003969 Context.DependentTy,
3970 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003971 else
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003972 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
3973 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003974 }
3975
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003976 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Opc != BinaryOperator::PtrMemD &&
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003977 (lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
3978 rhs->getType()->isRecordType() || rhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003979 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
3980 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
3981 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
3982 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
3983 !(lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3984 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
3985 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003986
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003987 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3988 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003989 // Overloading .* is not possible.
3990 static_cast<OverloadedOperatorKind>(0), OO_ArrowStar,
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003991 OO_Star, OO_Slash, OO_Percent,
3992 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3993 OO_LessLess, OO_GreaterGreater,
3994 OO_Less, OO_Greater, OO_LessEqual, OO_GreaterEqual,
3995 OO_EqualEqual, OO_ExclaimEqual,
3996 OO_Amp,
3997 OO_Caret,
3998 OO_Pipe,
3999 OO_AmpAmp,
4000 OO_PipePipe,
4001 OO_Equal, OO_StarEqual,
4002 OO_SlashEqual, OO_PercentEqual,
4003 OO_PlusEqual, OO_MinusEqual,
4004 OO_LessLessEqual, OO_GreaterGreaterEqual,
4005 OO_AmpEqual, OO_CaretEqual,
4006 OO_PipeEqual,
4007 OO_Comma
4008 };
4009 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
4010
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004011 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00004012 // to the candidate set.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004013 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004014 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00004015 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, TokLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
4016 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004017
4018 // Perform overload resolution.
4019 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4020 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
4021 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004022 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004023 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4024
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004025 if (FnDecl) {
4026 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4027 // operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004028
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004029 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00004030 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4031 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(lhs, Method) ||
4032 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4033 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004034 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00004035 } else {
4036 // Convert the arguments.
4037 if (PerformCopyInitialization(lhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4038 "passing") ||
4039 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
4040 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004041 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00004042 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004043
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004044 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004045 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004046 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4047 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004048
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004049 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004050 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
4051 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor65fedaf2008-11-14 16:09:21 +00004052 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4053
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004054 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004055 ResultTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004056 } else {
4057 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4058 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4059 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004060 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4061 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
4062 PerformImplicitConversion(rhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
4063 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004064 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004065
4066 break;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004067 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004068 }
4069
4070 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4071 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004072 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004073 break;
4074
4075 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004076 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4077 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4078 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004079 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004080 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004081
4082 case OR_Deleted:
4083 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4084 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4085 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4086 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
4087 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4088 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004089 }
4090
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004091 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4092 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4093 // build a built-in operation.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004094 }
4095
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004096 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4097 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004098}
4099
4100// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004101Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4102 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4103 // FIXME: Input is modified later, but smart pointer not reassigned.
4104 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004105 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004106
4107 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004108 (Input->getType()->isRecordType()
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004109 || Input->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
4110 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
4111 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
4112 OO_None, OO_None,
4113 OO_PlusPlus, OO_MinusMinus,
4114 OO_Amp, OO_Star,
4115 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
4116 OO_Tilde, OO_Exclaim,
4117 OO_None, OO_None,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118 OO_None,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004119 OO_None
4120 };
4121 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
4122
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004123 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004124 // to the candidate set.
4125 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00004126 if (OverOp != OO_None &&
4127 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, &Input, 1, CandidateSet))
4128 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004129
4130 // Perform overload resolution.
4131 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4132 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
4133 case OR_Success: {
4134 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4135 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4136
4137 if (FnDecl) {
4138 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4139 // operator.
4140
4141 // Convert the arguments.
4142 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4143 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004144 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004145 } else {
4146 // Convert the arguments.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004147 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004148 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4149 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004150 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004151 }
4152
4153 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004154 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004155 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4156 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004157
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004158 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004159 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004160 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004161 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4162
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004163 input.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004164 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, &Input,
4165 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004166 } else {
4167 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4168 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4169 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004170 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4171 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004172 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004173
4174 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004175 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004176 }
4177
4178 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4179 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4180 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4181 break;
4182
4183 case OR_Ambiguous:
4184 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4185 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4186 << Input->getSourceRange();
4187 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004188 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004189
4190 case OR_Deleted:
4191 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4192 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4193 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4194 << Input->getSourceRange();
4195 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4196 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004197 }
4198
4199 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4200 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004201 // build a built-in operation.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004202 }
4203
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004204 QualType resultType;
4205 switch (Opc) {
4206 default:
4207 assert(0 && "Unimplemented unary expr!");
4208 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4209 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004210 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4211 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004212 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004213 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004214 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4215 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004216 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004217 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004218 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4219 break;
4220 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4221 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4222 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4223 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004224 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4225 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004226 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4227 break;
4228 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4229 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4230 break;
4231 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4232 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4233 resultType->isPointerType())
4234 break;
4235
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004236 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4237 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004238 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4239 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4240 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004241 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4242 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004243 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4244 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4245 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004246 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004247 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004248 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004249 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4250 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004251 break;
4252 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4253 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4254 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4255 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004256 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4257 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004258 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004259 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4260 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004261 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004262 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4263 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004264 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004265 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004266 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004267 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004268 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004269 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004270 resultType = Input->getType();
4271 break;
4272 }
4273 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004274 return ExprError();
4275 input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004276 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004277}
4278
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004279/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004280Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004281 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4282 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
4283 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Steve Naroff313c4162009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004284 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, Action::StmtTy*>::iterator I =
4285 ActiveScope->LabelMap.find(LabelII);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004286
Steve Naroff313c4162009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004287 LabelStmt *LabelDecl;
4288
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004289 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4290 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff313c4162009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004291 if (I == ActiveScope->LabelMap.end()) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004292 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004293
Steve Naroff313c4162009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004294 ActiveScope->LabelMap.insert(std::make_pair(LabelII, LabelDecl));
4295 } else
4296 LabelDecl = static_cast<LabelStmt *>(I->second);
4297
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004298 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004299 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4300 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004301}
4302
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004303Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtTy *substmt,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004304 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4305 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt);
4306 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4307 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4308
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004309 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4310 if (isFileScope) {
4311 return Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope);
4312 }
4313
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004314 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4315 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4316 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004317
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004318 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4319 // should not warn about it being unused.
4320
4321 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4322 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4323 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004324
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004325 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4326 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4327 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4328 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4329 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004330
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004331 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004332 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004333 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004334
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004335 return new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004336}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004337
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004338Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4339 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004340 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4341 TypeTy *argty,
4342 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4343 unsigned NumComponents,
4344 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4345 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4346 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004347
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004348 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4349
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004350 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4351 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4352 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004353 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004354 return Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004355
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004356 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4357 // the offsetof designators.
4358 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4359 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
4360 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
4361 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004362
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004363 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4364 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004365 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4366 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004367 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004368 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4369 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004370
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004371 if (!Dependent) {
4372 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4373 // leaks like a sieve.
4374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4375 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4376 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4377 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4378 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4379 if (!AT) {
4380 Res->Destroy(Context);
4381 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4382 << Res->getType();
4383 }
4384
4385 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4386
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004387 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4388 // expression.
4389 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4390
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004391 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4392 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
4393 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
4394 return Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4395 << Idx->getSourceRange();
4396
4397 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4398 OC.LocEnd);
4399 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004400 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004401
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004402 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4403 if (!RC) {
4404 Res->Destroy(Context);
4405 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4406 << Res->getType();
4407 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004408
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004409 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4410 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4411 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4412 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4413 LookupMemberName)
4414 .getAsDecl());
4415 if (!MemberDecl)
4416 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4417 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004418
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004419 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4420 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4421 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4422 // matter here.
4423 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004424 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004425 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004426 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004427
4428 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004429 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004430}
4431
4432
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004433Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004434 TypeTy *arg1, TypeTy *arg2,
4435 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4436 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4437 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004439 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440
4441 return new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, argT1,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004442 argT2, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004443}
4444
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004445Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, ExprTy *cond,
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004446 ExprTy *expr1, ExprTy *expr2,
4447 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4448 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond);
4449 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1);
4450 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004451
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004452 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4453
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004454 QualType resType;
4455 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4456 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4457 } else {
4458 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4459 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4460 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4461 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
4462 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4463 << CondExpr->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004464
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004465 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4466 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4467 }
4468
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469 return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004470 resType, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004471}
4472
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004473//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4474// Clang Extensions.
4475//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4476
4477/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004478void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004479 // Analyze block parameters.
4480 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004481
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004482 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4483 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4484 CurBlock = BSI;
Steve Naroff313c4162009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004485 ActiveScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004486
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004487 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4488 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004489 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004490
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004491 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004492 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004493}
4494
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004495void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4496 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4497
4498 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4499 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4500 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4501
4502 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4503 if (T.isNull())
4504 T = Context.DependentTy;
4505
4506 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4507 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4508 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4509
4510 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4511 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
4512 Type *RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4513 .getTypePtr();
4514
4515 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4516 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
4517 return;
4518 }
4519
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004520 // Analyze arguments to block.
4521 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4522 "Not a function declarator!");
4523 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004524
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004525 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4526 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004527
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004528 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4529 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4530 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4531 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
4532 (!((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType().getCVRQualifiers() &&
4533 ((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType())) {
4534 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004535 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004536 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4537 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004538 CurBlock->Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
4539 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004540 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator (ParamInfo, CurScope);
4541
4542 Type* RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4543 .getTypePtr();
4544
4545 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4546 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004547 }
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004548 CurBlock->TheDecl->setArgs(&CurBlock->Params[0], CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004549
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004550 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4551 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4552 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4553 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4554 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004555}
4556
4557/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4558/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4559void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4560 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4561 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004562
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004563 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4564 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004565
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004566 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004567
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004568}
4569
4570/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4571/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4572Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, StmtTy *body,
4573 Scope *CurScope) {
4574 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4575 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004576 ExprOwningPtr<CompoundStmt> Body(this, static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004577
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004578 PopDeclContext();
4579
Steve Naroff5cd38432009-02-28 21:01:15 +00004580 // Before poping CurBlock, set ActiveScope to this scopes parent.
4581 ActiveScope = CurBlock->TheScope->getParent();
4582
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004583 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4584 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004585
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004586 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4587 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4588 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004589
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004590 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4591 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4592 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004593
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004594 QualType BlockTy;
4595 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004596 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004597 else
4598 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004599 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004600
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004601 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004602
Steve Naroff95029d92008-10-08 18:44:00 +00004603 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(Body.take());
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004604 return new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy, BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004605}
4606
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004607Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4608 ExprTy *expr, TypeTy *type,
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004609 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004610 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr);
4611 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4612
4613 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004614
4615 // Get the va_list type
4616 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4617 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4618 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4619 // a pointer for va_arg.
4620 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4621 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004622 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4623 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004624
4625 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004626 return Diag(E->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004627 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004628 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004629
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004630 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004631
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004632 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), RPLoc);
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004633}
4634
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004635Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
4636 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4637 // pointers on the target.
4638 QualType Ty;
4639 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4640 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4641 else
4642 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4643
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004644 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004645}
4646
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004647bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4648 SourceLocation Loc,
4649 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4650 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4651 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4652 bool isInvalid = false;
4653 unsigned DiagKind;
4654 switch (ConvTy) {
4655 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4656 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004657 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004658 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4659 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004660 case IntToPointer:
4661 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4662 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004663 case IncompatiblePointer:
4664 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4665 break;
4666 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4667 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4668 break;
4669 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004670 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4671 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4672 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4673 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4674 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4675 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4676 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4677 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4678 // C++ semantics.
4679 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4680 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4681 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004682 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4683 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004684 case IntToBlockPointer:
4685 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4686 break;
4687 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004688 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004689 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004690 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004691 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004692 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4693 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4694 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004695 case IncompatibleVectors:
4696 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4697 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004698 case Incompatible:
4699 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4700 isInvalid = true;
4701 break;
4702 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004703
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004704 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4705 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004706 return isInvalid;
4707}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004708
4709bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4710{
4711 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4712
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004713 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004714 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4715 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4716
4717 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4718 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4719 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4720 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4721 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4722 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4723 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004724
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004725 return true;
4726 }
4727
4728 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004729 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004730 E->getSourceRange();
4731
4732 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4733 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4734 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4735 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004736
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004737 if (Result)
4738 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4739 return false;
4740}